1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "python/python.h"
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
88 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
90 static void disable_command (char *, int);
92 static void enable_command (char *, int);
94 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
98 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
100 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
102 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
104 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
105 struct linespec_result
*,
109 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
110 struct linespec_result
*,
111 struct linespec_sals
*,
112 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
113 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
115 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
116 int, int, int, unsigned);
118 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
119 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
121 static void clear_command (char *, int);
123 static void catch_command (char *, int);
125 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
127 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
129 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
131 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
133 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
134 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
135 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
137 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
139 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
140 struct symtab_and_line
,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct breakpoint
*
145 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
147 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
149 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
151 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
155 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
156 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
157 struct obj_section
*, int);
159 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
161 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
164 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
165 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
167 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
168 struct address_space
*aspace
,
171 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
173 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
175 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
176 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
178 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
180 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
182 static void commands_command (char *, int);
184 static void condition_command (char *, int);
193 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
194 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
196 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
198 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
200 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
202 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
204 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
206 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
208 int *other_type_used
);
210 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
212 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
214 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
217 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
219 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
221 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
225 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
226 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
228 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
232 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
235 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
237 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
239 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
241 static void update_global_location_list (int);
243 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
245 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
247 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
249 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
251 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
253 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
257 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
259 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
261 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
263 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
265 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
268 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
270 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
271 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
273 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
275 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
277 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
279 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
280 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
281 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
282 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
284 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
285 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
287 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
288 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
292 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
301 breakpoints share a single command list. */
302 struct counted_command_line
304 /* The reference count. */
307 /* The command list. */
308 struct command_line
*commands
;
311 struct command_line
*
312 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
314 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
317 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
318 current breakpoint. */
320 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
323 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
325 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
326 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
328 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
330 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
333 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
334 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
335 if such is available. */
336 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
339 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
340 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
343 fprintf_filtered (file
,
344 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
345 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
349 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
350 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
351 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
352 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
353 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
355 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
356 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
359 fprintf_filtered (file
,
360 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
361 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
365 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
366 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
367 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
368 use hardware breakpoints. */
369 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
371 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
372 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
375 fprintf_filtered (file
,
376 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
380 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
381 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
382 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
383 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
384 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
386 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
387 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
388 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
389 static const char *const always_inserted_enums
[] = {
390 always_inserted_auto
,
395 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
397 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
398 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
400 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
401 fprintf_filtered (file
,
402 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
403 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
405 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
407 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
412 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
414 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
415 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
418 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
420 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
421 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
422 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
423 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
424 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
425 condition_evaluation_auto
,
426 condition_evaluation_host
,
427 condition_evaluation_target
,
431 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
432 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
434 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
435 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
436 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
438 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
439 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
440 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
444 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
446 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
448 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
449 return condition_evaluation_target
;
451 return condition_evaluation_host
;
457 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
460 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
462 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
465 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
469 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
471 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
473 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
476 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
478 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
479 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
481 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
482 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
484 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
485 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
487 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
488 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
489 current breakpoint. */
491 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
493 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
494 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
495 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
498 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
499 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
500 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
502 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
503 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
504 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
507 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
508 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
509 to where the loop should start from.
510 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
511 appropriate location to start with. */
513 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
514 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
515 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
517 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
518 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
521 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
523 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
524 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
525 if (is_tracepoint (B))
527 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
529 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
531 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
533 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
535 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
537 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
539 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
540 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
541 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
542 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
543 an address you need to read. */
545 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
547 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
548 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
549 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
550 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
551 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
553 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
555 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
556 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
558 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
560 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
562 static int breakpoint_count
;
564 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
565 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
566 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
567 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
568 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
570 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
572 static int tracepoint_count
;
574 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
575 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
576 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
578 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
580 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
582 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
585 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
588 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
590 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
591 breakpoint_count
= num
;
592 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
595 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
596 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
597 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
599 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
603 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
605 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
608 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
612 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
614 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
617 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
620 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
622 struct breakpoint
*b
;
628 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
629 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
631 static struct counted_command_line
*
632 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
634 struct counted_command_line
*result
635 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
638 result
->commands
= commands
;
642 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
645 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
651 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
652 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
653 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
656 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
660 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
662 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
669 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
672 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
674 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
677 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
680 static struct cleanup
*
681 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
683 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
687 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
688 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
691 get_breakpoint (int num
)
693 struct breakpoint
*b
;
696 if (b
->number
== num
)
704 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
705 evaluating conditions on its side. */
708 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
710 struct bp_location
*loc
;
712 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
713 evaluating conditions and if the user has
714 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
716 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
717 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
720 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
723 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
724 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
727 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
728 evaluating conditions on its side. */
731 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
733 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
734 evaluating conditions and if the user has
735 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
737 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
738 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
742 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
745 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
748 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
749 condition_evaluation_mode. */
752 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
753 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
755 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
757 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
758 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
760 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
761 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
762 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
766 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
767 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
769 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
770 settings was "auto". */
771 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
773 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
774 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
776 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
777 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
778 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
780 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
781 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
784 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
786 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
789 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
793 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
794 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
795 target knows about. */
796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
797 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
798 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
802 update_global_location_list (1);
808 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
809 what "auto" is translating to. */
812 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
813 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
815 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
816 fprintf_filtered (file
,
817 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
818 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
820 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
822 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
826 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
827 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
828 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
831 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
833 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
834 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
836 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
839 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
842 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
843 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
844 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
847 static struct bp_location
**
848 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
850 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
851 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
852 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
854 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
855 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
856 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
858 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
859 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
860 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
861 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
863 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
864 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
867 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
868 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
869 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
870 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
877 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
880 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
881 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
883 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
885 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
899 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
900 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
901 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
908 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
914 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
915 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
916 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
917 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
919 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
921 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
923 innermost_block
= NULL
;
925 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
927 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
928 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
932 struct bp_location
*loc
;
934 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
938 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
940 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
944 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
946 breakpoints_changed ();
947 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
950 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
953 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
955 struct breakpoint
*b
;
960 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
963 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
965 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
968 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
970 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
971 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
972 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
973 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
975 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
976 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
977 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
978 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
980 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
981 update_global_location_list (1);
986 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
989 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
990 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
991 Throw if any such commands is found. */
994 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
996 struct command_line
*c
;
998 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1002 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1003 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1004 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1006 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1007 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1009 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1010 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1011 command directly. */
1012 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1013 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1015 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1016 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1020 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1023 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1025 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1026 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1027 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1031 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1033 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1036 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1037 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1041 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1042 struct command_line
*commands
)
1044 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1046 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1047 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1048 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1049 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1050 struct command_line
*c
;
1051 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1052 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1054 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1056 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1057 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1058 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1059 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1060 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1061 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1064 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1065 "can be used only once"));
1072 struct command_line
*c2
;
1074 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1075 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1076 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1078 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1079 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1085 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1089 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1090 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1093 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1095 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1096 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1097 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1100 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1102 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1103 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1104 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1110 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1111 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1114 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1115 struct command_line
*commands
)
1117 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1119 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1120 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1121 breakpoints_changed ();
1122 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1125 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1126 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1130 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1132 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1135 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1136 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1139 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1140 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1143 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1145 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1148 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1149 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1152 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1153 breakpoint work for any task. */
1156 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1158 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1161 if (old_task
!= task
)
1162 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1166 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1168 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1170 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1173 /* A structure used to pass information through
1174 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1176 struct commands_info
1178 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1181 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1184 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1185 already-parsed command. */
1186 struct command_line
*control
;
1188 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1190 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1193 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1194 commands_command. */
1197 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1199 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1201 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1203 struct command_line
*l
;
1205 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1206 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1209 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1212 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1213 "%s, one per line."),
1216 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1218 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1221 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1224 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1227 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1230 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1232 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1234 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1235 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1236 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1237 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1238 breakpoints_changed ();
1239 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1244 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1245 struct command_line
*control
)
1247 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1248 struct commands_info info
;
1250 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1251 info
.control
= control
;
1253 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1254 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1255 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1257 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1259 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1260 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1262 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1263 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1266 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1267 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1268 numbers will fail in this case. */
1273 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1275 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1278 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1282 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1284 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1285 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1287 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1291 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1293 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1296 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1297 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1299 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1300 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1301 enum command_control_type
1302 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1304 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1305 return simple_control
;
1308 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1311 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1313 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1317 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1318 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1323 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1324 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1326 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1327 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1328 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1330 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1331 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1332 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1333 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1334 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1335 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1336 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1337 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1339 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1342 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1343 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1344 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1346 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1348 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1350 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1351 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1352 report higher one. */
1355 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1356 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1358 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1360 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1361 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1363 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1364 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1365 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1366 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1368 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1369 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1370 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1372 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1374 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1381 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1382 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1383 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1384 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1385 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1388 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1390 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1391 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1392 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1395 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1398 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1400 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1402 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1403 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1407 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1408 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1409 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1412 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1415 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1416 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1417 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1420 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1422 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1423 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1426 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1428 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1429 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1431 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1432 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1436 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1437 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1441 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1442 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1444 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1445 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1446 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1450 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1452 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1453 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1456 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1458 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1459 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1460 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1461 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1462 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1464 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1466 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1467 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1472 const unsigned char *bp
;
1473 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1474 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1476 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1477 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1478 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1480 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1482 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1484 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1485 breakpoint's INSN. */
1486 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1492 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1496 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1498 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1499 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1500 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1503 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1506 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1508 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1509 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1510 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1513 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1517 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1519 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1520 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1523 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1524 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1525 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1526 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1527 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1528 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1529 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1530 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1533 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1535 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1536 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1537 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1538 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1541 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1542 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1545 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1547 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1549 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1551 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1552 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1553 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1554 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1555 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1557 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1560 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1561 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1562 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1563 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1565 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1567 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1568 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1571 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1572 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1573 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1574 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1575 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1576 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1577 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1578 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1580 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1581 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1582 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1583 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1584 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1585 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1586 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1587 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1590 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1591 hardware watchpoints:
1593 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1594 called several times when GDB stops.
1597 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1598 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1599 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1600 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1601 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1602 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1603 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1604 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1605 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1606 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1607 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1609 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1610 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1613 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1615 int within_current_scope
;
1616 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1619 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1620 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1621 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1622 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1625 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1630 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1631 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1632 within_current_scope
= 1;
1635 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1636 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1637 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1639 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1640 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1641 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1642 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1645 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1646 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1647 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1648 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1651 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1653 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1654 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1655 if (within_current_scope
)
1659 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1660 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1661 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1664 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1673 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1674 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1675 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1676 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1677 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1678 be completely different objects. */
1679 value_free (b
->val
);
1683 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1684 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1685 locations (re)created below. */
1686 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1688 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1690 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1694 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1695 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1699 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1700 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1701 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1702 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1703 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1704 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1706 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1707 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1708 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1710 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1713 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1714 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1716 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1718 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1719 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1720 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1721 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1722 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1724 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1730 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1732 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1733 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1735 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1736 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1737 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1738 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1739 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1740 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1741 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1743 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1745 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1746 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1747 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1749 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1750 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1754 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1756 addr
= value_address (v
);
1757 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1759 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1761 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1764 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1765 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1768 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1770 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1771 loc
->address
= addr
;
1773 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1778 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1779 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1780 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1785 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1786 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1788 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1792 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1795 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1796 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1797 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1799 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1800 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1801 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1802 this watchpoint in as well. */
1804 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1805 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1806 hardware watchpoint type. */
1807 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1808 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1809 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1811 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1812 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1813 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1814 through watch_command), so always account for it
1817 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1818 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1820 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1821 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1824 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1825 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1827 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1829 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1830 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1831 "hardware watchpoint."));
1832 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1833 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1834 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1836 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1837 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1841 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1842 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1843 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1845 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1848 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1849 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1850 "read/access watchpoint."));
1852 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1854 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1855 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1856 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1857 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1860 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1862 next
= value_next (v
);
1867 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1868 above left it without any location set up. But,
1869 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1870 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1871 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1873 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1874 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1875 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1876 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1877 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1878 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1881 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1883 printf_filtered (_("\
1884 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1885 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1887 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1890 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1892 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1896 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1897 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1898 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1899 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1900 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1902 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1904 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1907 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1910 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1913 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
1916 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1917 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1918 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1919 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1920 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1921 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1922 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1923 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1924 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1930 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1931 that the location is not duplicated. */
1934 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1937 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
1940 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
1941 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
1945 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
1946 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
1947 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
1948 any error during parsing. */
1950 static struct agent_expr
*
1951 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
1953 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
1954 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
1955 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
1960 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
1961 that may show up. */
1962 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
1964 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
1969 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
1970 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
1971 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
1975 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
1979 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
1980 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
1981 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
1982 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
1983 one of them is true. */
1986 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1988 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
1989 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
1990 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
1991 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1993 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
1994 evaluating conditions and if the user has
1995 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
1997 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
1998 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2001 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2002 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2003 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2004 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2005 response back to GDB. */
2006 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2009 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2013 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2015 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2016 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2017 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2018 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2019 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2020 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2022 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2023 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2029 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2030 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2031 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2033 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2039 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2040 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2041 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2043 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2044 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2045 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2047 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2050 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2052 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2054 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2057 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2058 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2063 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2064 for this location's address. */
2065 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2069 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2070 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2071 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2073 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2074 conditions to the target. */
2075 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2076 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2082 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2083 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2084 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2085 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2088 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2089 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2091 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2092 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2093 int *disabled_breaks
,
2094 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
2098 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2101 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2102 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2103 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2104 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2105 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2106 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2107 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2108 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2109 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2110 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2111 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2112 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2114 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2115 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2116 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2117 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2119 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2121 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2122 /* Reset the condition modification marker. */
2123 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2126 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2127 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2129 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2131 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2132 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2133 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2135 Two important cases are:
2136 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2137 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2138 hardware breakpoint.
2139 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2140 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2141 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2144 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2145 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2146 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2147 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2149 struct mem_region
*mr
2150 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2154 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2156 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2158 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2159 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2161 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2163 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2165 static int said
= 0;
2167 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2170 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2171 _("Note: automatically using "
2172 "hardware breakpoints for "
2173 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2178 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2179 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2180 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2181 "at readonly address %s"),
2182 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2186 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2187 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2188 || bl
->section
== NULL
2189 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2191 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2193 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2197 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2198 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2199 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2201 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2202 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2203 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2204 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2205 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2209 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2211 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2212 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2213 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2214 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2215 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2217 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2218 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2219 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2223 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2224 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2226 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2227 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2231 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2232 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2239 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2240 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2242 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2244 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2246 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2248 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2249 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2251 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2252 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2253 "library breakpoints:\n");
2255 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2256 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2257 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2261 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2263 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2264 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2265 "Cannot insert hardware "
2271 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2272 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2274 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2275 "Error accessing memory address ");
2276 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2278 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2279 safe_strerror (val
));
2290 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2291 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2292 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2293 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2295 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2296 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2298 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2300 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2301 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2302 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2304 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2306 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2307 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2309 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2311 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2312 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2316 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2317 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2324 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2325 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2328 /* Back to the original value. */
2329 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2333 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2336 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2338 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2339 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2341 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2344 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2348 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2349 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2351 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2354 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2356 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2357 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2358 so just return success. */
2365 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2366 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2370 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2372 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2373 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2375 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2378 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2379 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2382 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2383 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2384 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2386 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2388 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2390 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2391 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2392 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2394 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2395 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2397 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2403 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2404 removed locations above. */
2405 update_global_location_list (0);
2408 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2409 Throws exception on any error.
2410 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2411 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2413 insert_breakpoints (void)
2415 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2418 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2420 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2422 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2425 update_global_location_list (1);
2427 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2428 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2430 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2431 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2434 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2437 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2439 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2441 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2443 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2447 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2448 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2449 always-inserted mode. */
2452 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2454 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2457 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2458 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2460 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2461 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2463 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2464 there was an error. */
2465 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2467 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2469 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2471 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2473 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2476 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2477 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2478 deletion of breakpoints. */
2479 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2482 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2484 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2485 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2486 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2487 insert breakpoints. */
2488 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2489 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2492 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2493 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2500 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2501 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2504 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2507 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2510 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2512 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2513 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2516 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2517 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2519 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2520 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2522 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2523 there was an error. */
2524 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2526 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2528 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2530 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2533 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2534 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2535 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2536 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2537 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2540 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2542 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2543 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2544 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2545 insert breakpoints. */
2546 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
2547 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2550 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2551 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
2556 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2557 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2560 int some_failed
= 0;
2561 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2563 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2566 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2569 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2572 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2573 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2580 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2582 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2584 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2586 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2594 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2595 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2596 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
2598 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2599 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2600 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2602 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2603 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2606 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2609 /* Used when the program stops.
2610 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2611 removing a breakpoint location. */
2614 remove_breakpoints (void)
2616 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2619 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2621 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2622 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2627 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2630 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2632 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2634 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2636 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2638 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2643 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2652 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2654 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2655 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2657 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2658 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2659 struct inferior
*inf
;
2660 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2662 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2666 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2667 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2669 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2671 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2672 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2674 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2676 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2682 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2685 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2690 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2694 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2696 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2697 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2698 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2699 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2700 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2701 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2703 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2706 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2709 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2710 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2714 static struct breakpoint
*
2715 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2716 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
2717 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
2719 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2720 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2722 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2725 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2726 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2728 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
2729 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2730 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2735 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2737 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2739 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2741 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2742 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2744 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2745 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2747 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2748 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2750 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
2751 int longjmp_searched
;
2753 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
2754 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
2756 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2757 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2759 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2760 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2762 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
2763 int exception_searched
;
2765 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
2766 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
2769 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2771 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2772 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2774 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2777 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2779 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2782 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2783 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2785 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2786 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2788 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2790 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2791 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2793 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2794 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2796 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2797 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2799 return bp_objfile_data
;
2803 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
2805 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
2807 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
2808 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
2812 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2814 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2815 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2817 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2819 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2820 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2823 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2825 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2828 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2830 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2832 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2835 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2836 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2839 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2842 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2843 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2845 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2846 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2848 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2850 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2851 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2855 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2856 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2859 update_global_location_list (1);
2863 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2865 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2866 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2868 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2870 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2872 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2874 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2876 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2879 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2880 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2882 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2883 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2886 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2888 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
2890 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
2891 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
2892 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
2895 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
2898 struct probe
*probe
;
2899 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2902 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
2903 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
2907 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2909 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
2911 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2912 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
2913 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2919 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2921 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2922 const char *func_name
;
2925 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2928 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2929 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2931 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2933 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2936 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2937 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2940 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2943 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2944 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
2945 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
2946 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2947 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2951 update_global_location_list (1);
2953 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2956 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2958 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2960 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2961 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2962 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2964 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2966 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2968 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2971 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2973 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2975 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2976 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2978 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2980 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2983 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2985 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2987 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2988 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2989 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2991 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2992 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2995 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2998 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2999 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3000 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3001 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3002 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3003 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3007 update_global_location_list (1);
3009 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3012 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3015 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3017 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3018 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3020 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3023 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3024 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3027 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3029 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3030 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3032 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3033 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3034 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3037 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3039 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3041 struct probe
*probe
;
3044 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3045 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3049 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3051 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3052 bp_exception_master
,
3053 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3054 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3055 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3061 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3063 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3066 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3068 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3070 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3072 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3073 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3075 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3079 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3082 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3083 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3085 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3086 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3087 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3088 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3091 update_global_location_list (1);
3095 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3097 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3098 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3100 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3101 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3102 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3103 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3104 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3105 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3106 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3107 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3109 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3110 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3112 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3114 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3117 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3118 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3120 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3124 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3125 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3127 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3131 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3132 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3133 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3134 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3135 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3137 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3141 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3142 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3144 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3148 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3150 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3151 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3153 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3157 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3159 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3160 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3161 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3162 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3166 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3167 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3168 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3169 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3170 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3171 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3173 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3174 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3175 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3176 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3177 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3178 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3179 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3181 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3182 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3183 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3184 let finish_command delete it.
3186 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3187 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3188 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3189 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3190 solib breakpoints.) */
3192 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3197 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3198 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3200 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3202 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3206 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3207 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3209 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3210 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3214 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3216 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3218 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3219 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3221 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3222 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3224 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3225 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
3226 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3228 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3232 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3235 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3236 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3238 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3242 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3243 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3244 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3245 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3246 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3249 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3253 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3254 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3256 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3257 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3260 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3261 This should not ever happen. */
3262 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3264 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3265 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3267 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3268 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3269 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3271 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3272 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3273 || bl
->section
== NULL
3274 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3276 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3277 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3281 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3282 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3283 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3285 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3286 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3288 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3289 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3290 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3291 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3292 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3294 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3295 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3297 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3298 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3301 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3302 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3303 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3304 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3306 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3307 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3308 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3309 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3310 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3311 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3317 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3322 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3323 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3324 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3325 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3330 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3332 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3334 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3335 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3337 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3338 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3340 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3341 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3342 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3345 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3346 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3349 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3350 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3352 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3356 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3363 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3366 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3368 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3369 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3371 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3372 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3375 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3376 This should not ever happen. */
3377 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3379 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3381 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3383 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3385 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3389 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3392 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3394 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3396 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3397 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3401 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3402 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3404 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3407 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3408 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3409 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3414 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3416 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3417 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3419 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3421 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3423 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
3426 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3428 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3429 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3430 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3436 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3443 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3444 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3447 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3449 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3451 case bp_shlib_event
:
3453 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3454 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3455 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3456 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3457 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3459 (gdb) file prog-linux
3460 (gdb) run # native linux target
3463 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3464 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3467 case bp_step_resume
:
3469 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3471 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3475 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3476 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3477 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3479 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3481 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3482 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3483 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3484 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3486 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3487 insert_breakpoints. */
3489 value_free (w
->val
);
3500 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3501 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3502 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3503 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3506 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3507 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3508 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3509 match, not program space. */
3511 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3512 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3513 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3514 permanent breakpoint.
3515 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3516 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3517 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3518 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3519 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3521 enum breakpoint_here
3522 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3524 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3525 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3529 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3530 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3533 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3534 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3535 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3536 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3538 if (overlay_debugging
3539 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3540 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3541 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3542 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3543 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3545 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3549 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3552 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3555 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3557 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3560 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3561 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3567 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3568 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3569 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3570 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3573 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3576 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3578 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3580 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3581 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3585 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3587 if (overlay_debugging
3588 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3589 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3590 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3598 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3599 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3602 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3604 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3607 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3613 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3617 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3620 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3622 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3624 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3628 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3631 if (overlay_debugging
3632 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3633 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3634 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3640 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3641 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3648 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3649 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3651 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3653 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3655 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3657 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3658 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3661 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3664 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3665 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3669 /* Check for intersection. */
3670 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3671 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3679 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3680 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3683 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3686 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3687 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3693 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3694 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3698 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3699 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3702 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3705 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
3707 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3708 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3709 it is now time to do so. */
3711 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3712 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
3716 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
3718 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3719 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3720 it is now time to do so. */
3722 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3723 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3727 if (overlay_debugging
3728 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3729 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3730 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3739 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3743 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3745 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3748 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3752 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3754 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3755 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3756 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3757 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3761 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3762 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3765 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3782 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3783 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3786 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3790 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3795 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3797 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3798 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3799 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3800 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3801 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3803 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3804 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3808 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3818 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3821 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3826 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3828 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3834 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3835 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3836 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3837 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3839 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3840 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3842 Return 1 otherwise. */
3845 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3850 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3852 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3853 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3854 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3855 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3856 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3858 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3860 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3864 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3867 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3869 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3872 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3875 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
3879 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3881 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3883 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3885 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3891 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3894 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3896 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3898 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3900 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3901 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3902 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3903 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3904 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3908 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3911 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3914 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3916 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3919 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3920 or its equivalent. */
3923 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
3925 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
3926 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
3929 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3930 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3931 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3932 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3934 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3935 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3936 bpstat of the current thread. */
3939 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3942 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3945 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3947 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3950 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3951 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3953 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3955 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3958 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3959 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3961 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3962 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3963 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3965 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3967 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3968 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3969 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3970 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3971 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3972 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3973 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3974 the tree when we're done. */
3975 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3976 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3977 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3978 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
3979 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
3981 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3987 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3989 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3995 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3996 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3998 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4000 if (target_can_async_p ())
4001 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4002 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4003 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4006 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4007 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4008 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4009 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4010 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4011 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4012 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4013 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4014 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4015 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4016 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4017 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4018 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4023 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4028 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4030 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4032 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4033 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4034 && target_has_execution
4035 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4036 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4037 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4038 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4039 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4040 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4041 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4044 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4047 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4050 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4053 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4056 struct value_print_options opts
;
4057 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4058 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4062 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4063 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4064 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4065 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4068 static enum print_stop_action
4069 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4071 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4074 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4075 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4079 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4080 relevant messages. */
4081 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4084 case print_it_normal
:
4086 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4088 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4089 which has since been deleted. */
4091 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4093 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4094 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4099 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4100 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4105 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4108 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4111 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4113 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4117 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4118 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4119 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4121 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4122 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4123 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4126 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4127 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4128 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4132 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4136 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4137 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4140 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4145 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4146 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4147 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4150 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4155 struct so_list
*iter
;
4157 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4159 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4160 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4163 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4168 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4169 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4170 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4173 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4177 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4178 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4179 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4180 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4181 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4182 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4183 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4186 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4187 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4188 code to print the location. An example is
4189 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4191 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4192 to also print the location part of the message.
4193 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4194 don't require a location appended to the end.
4195 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4196 further info to be printed. */
4198 enum print_stop_action
4199 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4203 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4204 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4205 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4206 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4207 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4209 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4210 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4211 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4212 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4216 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4217 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4218 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4219 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4221 print_solib_event (0);
4222 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4225 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4226 with and nothing was printed. */
4227 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4230 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4231 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4232 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4233 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4236 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4238 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4239 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4241 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4245 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4248 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4252 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4254 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4255 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4256 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4257 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4258 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4259 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4260 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4262 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4266 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4267 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4270 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4272 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4274 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4276 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4278 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4279 as not triggered. */
4281 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4283 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4285 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4291 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4293 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4294 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4296 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4298 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4300 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4303 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4306 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4307 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4311 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4313 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4314 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4316 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4317 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4319 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4321 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4322 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4324 if (newaddr
== start
)
4326 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4330 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4331 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4335 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4344 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4345 because of check_errors). */
4346 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4347 #define WP_DELETED 1
4348 /* The value has changed. */
4349 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4350 /* The value has not changed. */
4351 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4352 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4355 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4356 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4358 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4361 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4362 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4365 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4367 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4368 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4369 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4370 int within_current_scope
;
4372 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4373 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4374 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4376 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4377 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4378 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4379 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4382 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4383 within_current_scope
= 1;
4386 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4387 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4388 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4390 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4391 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4392 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4393 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4394 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4395 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4396 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4397 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4398 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4399 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4402 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4403 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4405 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4406 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4407 if (within_current_scope
)
4409 struct symbol
*function
;
4411 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4412 if (function
== NULL
4413 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4414 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4415 within_current_scope
= 0;
4418 if (within_current_scope
)
4419 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4420 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4425 if (within_current_scope
)
4427 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4428 time before we return to the command level and call
4429 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4430 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4434 struct value
*new_val
;
4436 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4437 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4438 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4439 a mask watchpoint. */
4440 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4442 mark
= value_mark ();
4443 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4445 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4446 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4447 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4448 not what we want. */
4449 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4450 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4452 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4454 release_value (new_val
);
4455 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4457 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4460 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4464 /* Nothing changed. */
4465 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4466 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4471 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4473 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4474 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4475 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4476 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4477 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4478 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4479 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4480 the first value assigned). */
4481 /* We print all the stop information in
4482 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4483 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4484 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4488 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4489 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4490 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4492 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4493 which its expression is valid.\n");
4495 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4496 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4503 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4504 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4505 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4508 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4509 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4510 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4512 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4514 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4515 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4517 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4520 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4521 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4524 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4526 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4527 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4529 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4530 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4531 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4532 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4533 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4536 int must_check_value
= 0;
4538 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4539 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4541 must_check_value
= 1;
4542 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4543 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4544 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4546 must_check_value
= 1;
4547 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4548 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4549 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4550 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4551 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4552 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4553 must_check_value
= 1;
4555 if (must_check_value
)
4558 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4560 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4561 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4563 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4567 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4568 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4572 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4575 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4576 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4578 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4580 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4581 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4582 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4583 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4584 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4585 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4586 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4589 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4590 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4593 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4594 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4595 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4596 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4598 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4599 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4600 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4603 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4604 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4605 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4606 changes. This still gives false positives when
4607 the program writes the same value to memory as
4608 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4609 it for a read), but it's much better than
4612 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4614 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4616 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4619 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4620 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4622 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4623 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4625 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4626 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4628 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4634 if (other_write_watchpoint
4635 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4637 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4638 and the value changed since the last time we
4639 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4641 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4646 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4647 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4648 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4650 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4651 the value hasn't changed. */
4652 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4660 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4661 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4662 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4663 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4664 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4668 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4670 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4671 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4672 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4673 anything for this watchpoint. */
4674 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4681 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4682 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4683 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4686 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4688 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4689 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4690 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4692 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4693 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4694 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4695 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4696 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4698 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4699 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4700 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4702 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4703 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4707 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4708 struct expression
*cond
;
4710 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4711 method implemented. */
4712 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4713 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4715 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4717 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4724 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4726 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4727 struct watchpoint
* w
;
4729 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4730 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4731 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4732 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4734 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4736 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4737 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4741 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4742 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4743 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4744 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4745 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4747 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4748 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4751 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4753 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4754 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4755 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4756 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4757 really matter which instantiation of the function
4758 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4759 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4760 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4761 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4762 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4763 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4764 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4765 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4767 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4769 select_frame (frame
);
4771 within_current_scope
= 0;
4773 if (within_current_scope
)
4775 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4776 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4780 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4781 "in the current scope"));
4782 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4783 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4786 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4787 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4790 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4794 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4798 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4801 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4803 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4805 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4811 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4812 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4814 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4815 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4818 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4820 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4822 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4823 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4824 several reasons concurrently.)
4826 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4827 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4830 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
4832 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4834 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4835 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4836 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4837 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4838 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4839 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4842 int need_remove_insert
;
4845 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4846 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4847 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4848 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4849 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4850 inferior function calls. */
4854 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4857 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4859 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4860 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4861 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4862 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4863 checked all locations already. */
4864 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4867 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4870 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
4873 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4876 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4879 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4880 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4881 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4885 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4886 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4887 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4889 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4891 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
4893 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4898 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4900 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4902 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4903 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4906 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4910 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4911 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4912 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4914 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4916 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
4918 handle_solib_event ();
4923 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4924 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4925 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4929 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4934 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4935 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
4938 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4943 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4945 /* We will stop here. */
4946 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4948 --(b
->enable_count
);
4949 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
4950 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4951 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4956 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4957 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4958 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
4959 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
4965 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4967 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
4968 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4971 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4972 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4973 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4975 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4976 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4977 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4979 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4980 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4982 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4984 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4985 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4988 if (need_remove_insert
)
4989 update_global_location_list (1);
4990 else if (removed_any
)
4991 update_global_location_list (0);
4997 handle_jit_event (void)
4999 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5000 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5002 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5003 breakpoint_re_set. */
5004 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5006 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5007 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5009 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5011 target_terminal_inferior ();
5014 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5017 handle_solib_event (void)
5019 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5021 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5022 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5023 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5024 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5026 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5028 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5030 target_terminal_inferior ();
5033 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5035 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5038 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5040 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5044 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5045 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5046 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5048 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5050 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5051 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5052 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5055 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5057 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5058 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5062 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5069 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5072 case bp_shlib_event
:
5076 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5078 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5081 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5084 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5085 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5086 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5090 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5092 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5096 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5097 This requires no further action. */
5102 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5103 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
5105 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5106 case bp_exception_resume
:
5107 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5108 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5110 case bp_step_resume
:
5112 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5115 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5116 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5119 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5121 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5124 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5125 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5128 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5129 case bp_thread_event
:
5130 case bp_overlay_event
:
5131 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5132 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5133 case bp_exception_master
:
5134 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5140 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5142 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5146 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5147 This requires no further action. */
5152 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5155 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5156 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5157 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5158 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5160 case bp_std_terminate
:
5161 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5162 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5163 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5164 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5167 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5168 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5169 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5170 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5172 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5173 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5175 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5176 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5177 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5179 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5180 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5181 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5182 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5186 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5190 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5191 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5194 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5197 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5198 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5203 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5205 handle_jit_event ();
5208 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5210 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5216 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5217 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5219 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5220 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5228 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5229 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5230 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5233 bpstat_should_step (void)
5235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5238 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5244 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5246 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5255 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5256 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5257 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5260 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5262 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5263 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5267 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5269 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5271 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5272 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5273 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5278 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5284 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5285 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5287 "host": Host evals condition.
5288 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5289 "target": Target evals condition.
5293 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5295 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5296 char host_evals
= 0;
5297 char target_evals
= 0;
5302 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5305 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5306 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5307 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5309 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5311 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5317 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5318 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5319 else if (target_evals
)
5320 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5322 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5325 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5326 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5329 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5331 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5334 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5335 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5336 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5338 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5339 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5341 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5344 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5347 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5348 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5350 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5351 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5353 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5357 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5359 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5360 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5361 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5364 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5367 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5368 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5369 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5370 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5371 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5372 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5374 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5375 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5377 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5379 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5380 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5383 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5386 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5390 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5391 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5393 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5395 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5397 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5400 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5402 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5403 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5404 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5406 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5407 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5408 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5409 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5412 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5416 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5418 struct ep_type_description
5423 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5425 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5426 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5427 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5428 {bp_until
, "until"},
5429 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5430 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5431 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5432 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5433 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5434 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5435 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5436 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5437 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5438 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5439 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5440 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5441 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5442 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5443 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5444 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5445 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5446 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5447 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5448 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5449 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5450 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5451 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5452 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5453 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5454 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5455 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5456 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5459 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5460 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5461 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5462 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5465 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5468 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5471 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5472 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5474 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5477 struct command_line
*l
;
5478 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5480 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5481 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5482 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5483 struct value_print_options opts
;
5485 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5487 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5488 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5489 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5492 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5493 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5501 if (part_of_multiple
)
5504 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5505 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5510 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5515 if (part_of_multiple
)
5516 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5518 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5522 if (part_of_multiple
)
5523 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5525 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5530 if (part_of_multiple
)
5531 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5533 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5534 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5535 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5539 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5541 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5542 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5543 make sure there's just one location. */
5544 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5545 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5551 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5552 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5556 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5557 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5558 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5560 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5562 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5563 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5564 is relatively readable). */
5565 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5566 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5568 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5573 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5577 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5579 case bp_exception_resume
:
5580 case bp_step_resume
:
5581 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5582 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5584 case bp_std_terminate
:
5585 case bp_shlib_event
:
5586 case bp_thread_event
:
5587 case bp_overlay_event
:
5588 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5589 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5590 case bp_exception_master
:
5592 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5593 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5596 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5597 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5598 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5601 if (header_of_multiple
)
5602 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5603 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5604 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5606 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5607 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5610 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5611 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
5618 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5621 && !header_of_multiple
5623 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5624 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5625 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5626 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5627 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5628 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
5630 struct inferior
*inf
;
5633 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
5635 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
5640 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5643 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5644 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
5649 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5651 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5653 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5654 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5655 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
5656 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5658 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
5660 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
5661 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
5665 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5667 if (!part_of_multiple
)
5668 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
5670 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5673 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5674 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5676 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5677 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5678 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5681 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
5684 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5685 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5687 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5688 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5690 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5691 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5692 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
5693 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5694 == condition_evaluation_target
)
5696 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5698 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
5699 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
5701 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5704 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5706 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5707 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5708 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5712 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5714 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5715 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
5716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5717 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5718 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
5720 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5721 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5722 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5723 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5724 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5726 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5729 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5730 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5731 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5732 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5733 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5735 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5738 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5739 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5740 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5743 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5744 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5745 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5746 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
5749 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
5750 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5751 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5752 if (b
->ignore_count
)
5753 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
5755 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
5756 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
5757 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5760 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
5762 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
5764 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
5766 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5767 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
5768 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
5772 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5773 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5775 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5778 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5779 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5780 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5783 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5785 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
5787 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
5789 annotate_field (10);
5790 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5791 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
5792 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5796 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5798 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5800 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5802 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
5804 else if (b
->addr_string
)
5805 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5810 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5811 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5814 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5815 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5817 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5819 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5820 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5822 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5823 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5824 locations, if any. */
5825 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5827 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5828 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5829 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5832 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5833 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5835 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5836 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5838 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5841 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5843 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5844 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5845 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5846 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5853 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5855 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5856 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5858 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5862 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5863 an address to print. */
5864 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5867 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5868 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5869 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5872 return print_address_bits
;
5875 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5881 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5883 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5884 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5885 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5889 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5891 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5899 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5900 char **error_message
)
5902 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5905 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5907 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5908 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5914 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5915 internal or momentary. */
5918 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5920 return b
->number
> 0;
5923 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5924 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5925 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5926 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5927 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5928 breakpoints listed. */
5931 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5932 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5934 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5935 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5936 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5937 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5938 struct value_print_options opts
;
5939 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5940 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5941 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5943 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5945 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5946 required for address fields. */
5947 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5950 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5951 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5954 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5955 accept. Skip the others. */
5956 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5958 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5960 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5964 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5966 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5968 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5969 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5970 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5972 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5973 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5974 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5976 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5980 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5982 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5983 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5987 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5988 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5991 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5992 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5993 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5995 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5996 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5998 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5999 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6000 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6002 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6003 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6005 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6006 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6008 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6010 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6011 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6012 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6014 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6015 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6017 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6019 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6020 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6021 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6022 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6027 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6028 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6031 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6032 accept. Skip the others. */
6034 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6036 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6038 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6041 else /* all others */
6043 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6047 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6049 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6050 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6053 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6055 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6057 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6061 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6062 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6064 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6065 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6071 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6072 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6075 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6076 there have been breakpoints? */
6077 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6079 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6082 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6083 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6086 default_collect_info (void)
6088 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6090 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6091 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6093 if (!*default_collect
)
6096 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6098 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6099 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6100 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6104 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6106 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6108 default_collect_info ();
6112 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6114 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6115 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6117 if (num_printed
== 0)
6119 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6120 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6122 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6127 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6129 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6131 default_collect_info ();
6135 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6136 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6137 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6139 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6141 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6143 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6144 && bl
->address
== pc
6145 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6151 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6152 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6156 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6157 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6158 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6161 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6164 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6165 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6169 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6170 else /* if (others == ???) */
6171 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6173 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6176 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6177 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6178 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6179 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6180 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6181 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6182 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6183 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6185 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6189 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6191 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6192 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6193 printf_filtered (".\n");
6198 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6199 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6200 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6201 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6203 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6204 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6205 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6206 breakpoint at address zero:
6214 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6216 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6218 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6221 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6222 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6225 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6226 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6228 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6229 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6231 /* Both of them must exist. */
6232 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6233 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6235 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6236 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6237 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6238 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6239 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6240 other watchpoint. */
6242 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6244 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6247 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6249 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6253 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6254 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6255 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6256 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6257 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6258 become hw_access locations later. */
6259 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6260 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6261 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6262 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6265 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6266 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6267 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6268 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6271 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6272 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6274 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6275 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6279 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6280 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6281 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6282 space doesn't really matter. */
6285 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6286 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6289 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
6290 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6291 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6294 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6295 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6296 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6297 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6300 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6301 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6304 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6307 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6308 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6312 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6313 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6314 true, otherwise returns false. */
6317 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6318 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6320 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6321 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6322 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6323 different locations. */
6324 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6329 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6330 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6331 represent the same location. */
6334 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6335 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6337 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6339 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6340 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6341 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6343 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6344 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6346 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6349 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6350 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6351 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6353 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6354 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6355 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6356 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6360 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6361 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6363 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6364 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6368 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6369 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6371 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6372 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6374 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6377 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6378 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6379 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6380 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6383 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6384 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6386 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6388 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6391 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6392 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6393 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6394 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6395 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6397 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6398 have their addresses modified. */
6403 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6405 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6406 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6407 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6409 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6410 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6412 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6413 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6415 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6420 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6421 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6423 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6425 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6430 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6431 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6434 switch (owner
->type
)
6440 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6442 case bp_exception_resume
:
6443 case bp_step_resume
:
6444 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6445 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6447 case bp_std_terminate
:
6448 case bp_shlib_event
:
6449 case bp_thread_event
:
6450 case bp_overlay_event
:
6452 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6453 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6454 case bp_exception_master
:
6455 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6456 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6458 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6459 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6461 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6462 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6463 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6465 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6466 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6467 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6468 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6473 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6474 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6475 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6478 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6484 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6486 static struct bp_location
*
6487 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6489 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6493 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6495 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6499 /* Increment reference count. */
6502 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6507 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6508 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6511 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6513 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6515 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6516 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6520 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6523 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6525 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6527 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6528 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6530 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6532 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6541 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6544 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6545 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6547 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6549 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6551 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6555 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6556 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6557 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6559 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6562 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6564 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6565 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6566 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6567 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6570 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6571 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6573 static struct breakpoint
*
6574 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6576 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6578 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6580 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6581 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6585 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6586 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6590 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6592 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6594 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6595 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6596 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6599 const char *function_name
;
6600 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
6602 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
6603 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
6605 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
6607 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6609 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
6610 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
6611 &loc
->requested_address
))
6613 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6614 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6615 loc
->requested_address
,
6618 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
6619 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
6621 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6622 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6623 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
6624 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6626 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
6631 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
6635 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6637 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6640 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
6642 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
6647 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6648 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6649 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6651 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6652 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6653 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6656 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6657 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6658 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6660 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6662 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6664 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
6665 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
6667 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6668 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6670 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6671 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
6673 breakpoints_changed ();
6676 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6677 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6678 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6679 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6680 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6681 is also returned as the value of this function.
6683 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6684 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6685 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6686 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6687 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6688 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6689 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6692 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6693 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
6694 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6696 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6698 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
6699 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6704 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6705 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6707 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6709 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6711 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
6713 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6714 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6715 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6716 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6717 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6718 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6722 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6723 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6724 initiated the operation. */
6727 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
6729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6730 int thread
= tp
->num
;
6732 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6733 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6734 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6735 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6737 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6738 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
6739 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
6741 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
6742 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
6744 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
6745 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
6746 clone
->thread
= thread
;
6749 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
6752 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6754 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
6756 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6759 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6761 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6762 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6767 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
6769 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6771 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6772 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6774 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6775 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
6780 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6782 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6785 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6787 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6788 update_global_location_list (1);
6789 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6794 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6796 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6799 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6801 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6802 update_global_location_list (0);
6803 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6807 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6808 master breakpoint. */
6810 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6812 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6815 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6816 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6818 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
6819 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
6823 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6825 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6827 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6830 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6835 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6837 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6839 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
6840 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6842 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6843 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6845 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6847 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6853 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6855 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6858 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6859 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6860 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6863 struct lang_and_radix
6869 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6872 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6874 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6876 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
6877 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6878 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6882 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6885 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6887 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6889 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6890 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6891 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6896 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6898 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6900 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6901 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6902 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6903 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6907 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6909 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6911 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
6912 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
6913 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6917 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6918 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6921 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6923 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6928 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6930 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6931 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6932 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6933 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6934 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6935 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6936 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6937 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6938 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6939 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6940 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6942 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6944 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6948 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6953 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6954 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6958 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6960 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6961 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6963 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6964 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6965 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6966 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6967 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6968 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6971 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6973 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6974 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6976 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6977 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6978 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6979 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6980 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6981 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6982 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
6983 || is_tracepoint (b
))
6984 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6986 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6987 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6988 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6989 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6992 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6993 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6995 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6997 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6998 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6999 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7002 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7007 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7009 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7010 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7011 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7012 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7013 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7015 struct fork_catchpoint
7017 /* The base class. */
7018 struct breakpoint base
;
7020 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7021 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7022 catchpoint has triggered. */
7023 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7026 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7030 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7032 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7035 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7039 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7041 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7044 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7048 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7049 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7050 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7052 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7054 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7057 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7061 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7064 static enum print_stop_action
7065 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7067 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7068 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7069 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7071 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7072 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7073 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7075 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7076 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7078 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7079 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7080 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7084 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7085 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7086 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7089 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7093 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7095 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7096 struct value_print_options opts
;
7097 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7099 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7101 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7102 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7104 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7105 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7108 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7110 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7111 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7112 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7113 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7117 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7121 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7123 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7126 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7130 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7132 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7133 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7136 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7138 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7140 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7144 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7146 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7149 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7153 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7155 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7158 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7162 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7163 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7164 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7166 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7168 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7171 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7175 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7178 static enum print_stop_action
7179 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7181 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7182 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7183 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7185 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7186 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7189 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7190 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7192 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7193 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7194 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7196 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7197 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7198 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7199 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7200 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7203 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7207 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7209 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7210 struct value_print_options opts
;
7211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7213 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7214 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7215 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7217 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7218 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7220 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7221 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7223 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7224 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7225 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7226 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7230 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7234 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7236 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7239 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7243 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7245 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7246 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7249 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7251 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7253 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7254 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7255 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7256 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7257 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7259 struct solib_catchpoint
7261 /* The base class. */
7262 struct breakpoint base
;
7264 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7265 unsigned char is_load
;
7267 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7268 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7274 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7276 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7279 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7280 xfree (self
->regex
);
7282 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7286 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7292 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7298 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7299 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7301 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7303 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7304 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7306 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7309 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7311 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7313 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7316 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7319 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7322 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7324 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7333 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7335 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7336 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7341 struct so_list
*iter
;
7344 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7349 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7358 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7363 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7369 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7372 static enum print_stop_action
7373 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7375 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7376 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7378 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7379 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7380 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7382 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7383 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7384 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7385 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7386 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7387 print_solib_event (1);
7388 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7392 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7394 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7395 struct value_print_options opts
;
7396 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7399 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7400 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7401 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7403 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7406 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7413 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7415 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7420 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7422 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7424 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7429 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7431 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7433 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7434 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7438 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7440 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7442 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7443 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7444 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7446 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7447 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7450 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7452 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7456 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7457 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7459 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7460 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7462 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7464 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7468 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7470 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7471 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7477 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7480 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7482 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7483 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7485 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7488 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7489 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
,
7490 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7492 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7493 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7497 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7498 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7500 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7504 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7505 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7507 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7512 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7513 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7514 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7515 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7516 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7518 struct syscall_catchpoint
7520 /* The base class. */
7521 struct breakpoint base
;
7523 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7524 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7525 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7526 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7527 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
7530 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7534 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7536 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7538 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
7540 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7543 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
7545 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
7547 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
7548 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
7549 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
7551 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
7552 int any_syscall_count
;
7554 /* Count of each system call. */
7555 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
7557 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
7558 if any catching is necessary. */
7559 int total_syscalls_count
;
7562 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
7563 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
7565 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
7567 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7568 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
7570 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
7571 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
7578 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
7584 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7588 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7590 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7591 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
7592 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
7593 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
7595 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
7596 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7597 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
7603 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7608 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
7610 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
7611 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7612 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7614 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
7615 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
7616 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
7618 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
7619 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
7621 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
7622 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
7626 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
7627 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
7628 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
7630 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
7632 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
7635 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7639 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7641 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7642 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
7643 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
7644 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
7646 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
7647 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7648 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
7654 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7658 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
7659 /* Shouldn't happen. */
7661 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
7662 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
7666 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
7667 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
7668 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
7670 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
7672 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
7675 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7679 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7680 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7681 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7683 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
7684 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
7685 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
7686 int syscall_number
= 0;
7687 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
7688 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7690 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7691 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
7694 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
7696 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
7697 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7702 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7704 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
7714 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7717 static enum print_stop_action
7718 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
7720 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7721 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7722 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
7723 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7724 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
7725 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
7727 struct target_waitstatus last
;
7730 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
7732 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
7734 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7736 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7737 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7739 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7740 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7743 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7744 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7745 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
7746 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7748 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7750 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
7751 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
7753 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
7755 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7756 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
7758 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
7760 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7762 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7765 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7769 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7770 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7772 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7773 struct value_print_options opts
;
7774 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7776 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7777 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7778 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7780 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7781 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7784 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
7785 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
7786 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
7788 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
7790 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7793 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7796 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7801 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
7804 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
7806 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
7808 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7809 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7813 /* Remove the last comma. */
7814 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
7815 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
7818 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
7819 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
7822 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7826 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7828 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7830 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7834 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
7835 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
7837 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
7840 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7844 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
7847 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
7849 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
7851 printf_filtered (")");
7854 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7858 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7862 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7864 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
7866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
7868 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
7873 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
7878 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
7880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
7882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
7885 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7888 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7890 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
7892 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7895 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7897 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
7900 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7901 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7902 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7903 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7906 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7907 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
7909 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7911 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7914 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7916 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
7918 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
7919 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7923 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
7925 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7926 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7929 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7932 update_global_location_list (1);
7936 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7937 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7938 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7940 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
7942 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
7944 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
7946 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7949 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7951 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7952 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7953 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7954 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7955 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7957 struct exec_catchpoint
7959 /* The base class. */
7960 struct breakpoint base
;
7962 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7963 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7965 char *exec_pathname
;
7968 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7972 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7974 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
7976 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
7978 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7982 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7984 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7988 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7990 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7994 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7995 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7996 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7998 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8000 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8003 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8007 static enum print_stop_action
8008 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8010 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8011 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8012 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8014 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8015 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8016 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8018 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8019 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8021 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8022 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8023 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8025 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8026 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8027 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8030 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8034 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8036 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8037 struct value_print_options opts
;
8038 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8040 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8042 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8043 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8044 is relatively readable). */
8045 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8046 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8048 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8049 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8051 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8052 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8053 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8058 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8060 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8063 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8067 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8069 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8070 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8073 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8076 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8077 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8079 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8080 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8082 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8083 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8084 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8086 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8090 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8093 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8094 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8098 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8099 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8101 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8103 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8110 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8114 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8117 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8119 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8122 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8124 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8126 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8132 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8133 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8134 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8135 types _not_ TYPE. */
8138 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8139 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8142 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8144 *other_type_used
= 0;
8149 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8152 if (b
->type
== type
)
8153 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8154 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8155 *other_type_used
= 1;
8162 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8164 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8168 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8170 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8171 update_global_location_list (0);
8177 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8179 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8183 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8185 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8186 update_global_location_list (1);
8192 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8194 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8195 update_global_location_list (0);
8199 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8201 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8202 breakpoint_re_set ();
8206 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8207 at address specified by SAL.
8208 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8211 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8212 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8214 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8216 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8218 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
8220 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8221 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8222 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8223 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8225 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8226 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8228 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8229 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8231 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8236 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8237 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8240 static struct breakpoint
*
8241 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8243 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8245 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8247 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8248 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8249 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8251 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8252 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8253 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8254 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8255 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8256 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8258 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8259 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8261 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8262 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8263 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8264 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8266 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8267 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8268 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8270 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8274 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8278 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8280 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8284 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8288 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8291 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8293 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8295 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8296 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8298 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8302 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8305 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8307 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8310 printf_filtered ("\n");
8314 static struct bp_location
*
8315 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8316 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8318 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8319 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8320 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8322 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8323 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8325 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8326 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8327 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8328 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8329 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8330 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8331 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8334 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8335 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8339 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8340 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8341 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8342 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8343 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8344 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8345 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8347 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8348 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8349 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8351 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8352 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8357 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8358 return 0 otherwise. */
8361 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8365 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8366 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8367 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8370 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8372 addr
= loc
->address
;
8373 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8375 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8379 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8381 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8382 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8383 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8384 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8386 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8387 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8389 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8390 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8393 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8398 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
8399 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
8400 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
8401 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
8402 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
8403 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. (Future
8404 styles may include the ability to do a target-side printf.) */
8406 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
8407 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
8408 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
8413 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
8415 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8416 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
8417 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
8418 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
8420 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
8422 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
8423 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
8424 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
8425 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
8426 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
8427 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
8428 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
8430 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
8432 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8433 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8436 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8438 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8439 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8444 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8446 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8448 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8450 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8452 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8453 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8455 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, "gdb") == 0)
8456 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8457 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, "call") == 0)
8459 if (!dprintf_function
)
8460 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8462 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8463 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8468 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8473 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8474 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8476 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8479 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8481 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8482 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8483 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8484 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8485 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8486 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8488 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8489 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8490 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8491 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8492 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8493 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8495 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8499 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8500 current style settings. */
8503 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8504 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8506 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8510 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8511 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8515 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8516 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8517 as condition expression. */
8520 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8521 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8522 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8524 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8525 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8526 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8527 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8528 int display_canonical
)
8532 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8534 int target_resources_ok
;
8536 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8537 target_resources_ok
=
8538 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8540 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8541 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8542 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8543 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8546 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
8548 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8550 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
8551 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8555 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8557 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8559 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8560 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8565 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8569 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
8570 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
8571 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8572 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8573 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8575 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8576 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8578 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8580 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8581 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8583 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8585 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8586 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8587 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
8591 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8593 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8595 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8596 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
8598 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8600 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8602 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8604 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
8605 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
8607 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8609 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
8612 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8613 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8620 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8621 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8625 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8626 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8630 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8631 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8633 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8636 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8637 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8638 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8640 if (b
->extra_string
)
8641 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8643 error (_("Format string required"));
8645 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8646 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8649 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8651 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
8653 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
8656 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
8661 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8662 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
8663 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
8665 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8666 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8667 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8668 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8669 int display_canonical
)
8671 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8672 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8674 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
8676 struct tracepoint
*t
;
8678 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
8682 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8684 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
8686 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
8688 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
8690 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8692 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8694 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
8696 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
8699 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8700 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8701 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8702 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8703 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8704 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8705 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8706 we take just a single condition string.
8708 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8709 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8710 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8711 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8712 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8715 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8716 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8717 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
8718 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8719 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8720 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8721 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8724 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
8726 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8727 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
8729 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
8731 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8732 'break', without arguments. */
8733 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
8734 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
8736 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
8737 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
8739 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
8740 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
8743 cond_string
, extra_string
,
8745 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8746 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8747 canonical
->special_display
);
8748 discard_cleanups (inner
);
8752 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8753 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8754 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
8755 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
8757 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8758 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8761 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
8762 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8764 char *addr_start
= *address
;
8766 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
8768 if ((*address
) == NULL
8769 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
8771 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
8773 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8775 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8776 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8778 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
8779 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8780 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8782 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8783 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
8784 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
8785 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
8787 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8788 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8789 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8790 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8791 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8792 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8794 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
8795 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
8796 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8798 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
8801 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8805 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8807 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8808 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8809 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8810 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8812 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8813 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8814 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
8816 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
8817 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
8818 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
8819 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8820 get_last_displayed_line (),
8821 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8823 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
8824 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8829 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8830 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8833 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
8837 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
8838 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
8841 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8842 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8843 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8844 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8845 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8849 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8850 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
8853 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
8855 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8857 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
8859 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8861 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
8863 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8864 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8865 associated with SAL. */
8868 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
8870 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
8873 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
8874 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
8876 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8880 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8881 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8882 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8883 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8884 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8885 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8888 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8889 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
8892 *cond_string
= NULL
;
8898 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8899 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8901 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8903 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
8905 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
8909 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8911 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8913 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8915 struct expression
*expr
;
8917 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8918 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8921 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
8923 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8929 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
8931 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8932 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
8933 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
8935 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8941 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
8943 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8944 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8945 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8949 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
8953 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8957 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8959 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8960 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
8962 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
8963 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8964 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8965 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8970 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8972 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8974 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
8975 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
8977 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
8978 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
8979 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
8981 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
8982 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
8984 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8986 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
8988 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
8990 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
8992 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
8993 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
8995 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
8998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9004 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9005 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9006 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9007 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9008 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9009 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9010 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9011 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9012 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9016 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9017 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9018 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9019 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9020 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9022 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9023 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9024 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9027 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9028 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9029 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9030 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9031 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9032 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9035 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9037 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9039 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9041 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9043 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9044 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9047 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9051 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9057 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9059 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9062 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9063 throw_exception (e
);
9065 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9067 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9068 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9069 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9070 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9071 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9074 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9075 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9076 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9077 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9079 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9081 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9082 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9083 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9084 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9085 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9087 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9091 throw_exception (e
);
9095 throw_exception (e
);
9098 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9099 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9101 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9102 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9103 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9104 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9105 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9107 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9108 are ok for the target. */
9112 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9114 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9115 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9118 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9119 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9122 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9124 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9125 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9128 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9129 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9133 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9135 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9137 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9140 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9141 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9142 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9143 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9147 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9148 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9150 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9152 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9154 extra_string
= rest
;
9158 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9161 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9162 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9164 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9167 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9168 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9172 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9173 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9174 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9175 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9176 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9180 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9182 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9184 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9186 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9188 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9192 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9194 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9196 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9197 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9198 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9199 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9200 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9201 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9202 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9203 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9204 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9205 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9207 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9210 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9212 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9213 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9214 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9217 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9219 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9220 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9221 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9223 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9224 update_global_location_list (1);
9229 /* Set a breakpoint.
9230 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9231 condition, and thread.
9232 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9233 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9237 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9239 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9240 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9241 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9243 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9244 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9246 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9247 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9248 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9250 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9252 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9254 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9255 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9256 0 /* Ignore count */,
9257 pending_break_support
,
9265 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9268 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9272 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9274 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9275 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9276 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9279 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9280 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9281 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9282 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9285 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9287 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9291 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9294 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9297 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9298 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9302 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9303 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9304 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9305 happen in assembly source). */
9307 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9308 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9310 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9312 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9314 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9316 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9323 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9325 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9329 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9331 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9335 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9337 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9341 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9343 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9347 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9349 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9350 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9351 stop at <line>\n"));
9355 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9359 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9361 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9366 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9367 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9368 function/method name. */
9369 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9371 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9376 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9378 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9382 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9384 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9388 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9392 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9399 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9400 it is probably a line number. */
9401 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9403 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9408 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9410 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9414 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9416 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9419 void dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
9421 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9422 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9423 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9427 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9429 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9431 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9433 0 /* Ignore count */,
9434 pending_break_support
,
9435 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9442 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9443 ranged breakpoints. */
9446 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9447 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9449 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9451 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9452 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9455 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9456 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9459 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9460 ranged breakpoints. */
9463 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9465 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9468 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9469 ranged breakpoints. */
9471 static enum print_stop_action
9472 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9474 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9475 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9476 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9478 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9480 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9481 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9483 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9484 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9485 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9487 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9488 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9490 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9491 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9492 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9494 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9495 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
9497 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9500 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9501 ranged breakpoints. */
9504 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9505 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9507 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9508 struct value_print_options opts
;
9509 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9511 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9512 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9514 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9516 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9517 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9518 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9519 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
9521 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9525 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9526 ranged breakpoints. */
9529 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9530 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9532 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9533 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9534 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9535 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9539 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9540 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
9543 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
9544 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9545 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9546 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
9547 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9549 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9552 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9553 ranged breakpoints. */
9556 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9558 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9559 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9562 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9564 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9567 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9568 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9569 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9572 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9573 ranged breakpoints. */
9576 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
9579 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
9580 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9583 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9585 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9587 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9588 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9589 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9590 last instruction of the given line. */
9593 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9597 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9598 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9599 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9606 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9608 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9610 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9617 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9620 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9622 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
9623 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9624 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9626 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9627 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
9628 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
9629 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
9631 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9632 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9633 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9635 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9636 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9637 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9640 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9642 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9643 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9644 error(_("No address range specified."));
9646 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
9649 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
9651 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
9654 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9655 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
9656 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9658 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
9660 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
9661 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9662 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9664 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
9665 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9666 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
9668 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9669 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9671 /* Parse the end location. */
9673 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
9676 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9677 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9678 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9679 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9680 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9681 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9682 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9683 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9685 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
9687 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
9688 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9690 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
9691 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
9692 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9693 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9695 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
9696 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9697 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
9699 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9700 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9701 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9703 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9705 /* Length overflowed. */
9706 error (_("Address range too large."));
9707 else if (length
== 1)
9709 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9710 the `hbreak' command. */
9711 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
9713 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
9718 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9719 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9720 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9721 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9722 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9723 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9724 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
9725 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
9726 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9728 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
9731 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9732 update_global_location_list (1);
9735 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9736 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9737 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9741 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9749 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9750 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9753 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9763 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9764 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9765 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9766 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9767 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9769 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9785 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
9797 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9800 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9801 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9805 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9806 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9807 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9808 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9810 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9811 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9816 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9818 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9819 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9820 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9821 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9823 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9824 are always constant. */
9826 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9828 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9829 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9830 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9835 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9836 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9837 then it is not a constant. */
9846 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9849 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
9851 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
9853 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
9855 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
9856 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
9857 value_free (w
->val
);
9859 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
9862 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9865 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9867 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9869 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9870 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9872 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9873 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9874 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9875 are loaded and unloaded.
9877 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9878 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9879 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9880 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9881 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9882 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9884 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9885 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9886 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9887 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9889 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9890 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9892 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9893 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9894 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
9897 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9900 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9902 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9903 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9905 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9909 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9912 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9914 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9915 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9917 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9922 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9923 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9924 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9926 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9927 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9929 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9930 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9931 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9932 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9933 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9934 (did not match the data address). */
9935 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9936 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9943 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9945 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9947 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9950 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9951 hardware watchpoints. */
9954 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9956 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9957 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9959 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9962 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9963 hardware watchpoints. */
9966 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9968 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9969 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9972 static enum print_stop_action
9973 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
9975 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9976 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9977 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
9978 struct ui_file
*stb
;
9979 enum print_stop_action result
;
9980 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9981 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9983 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9985 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
9986 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9987 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9989 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
9990 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
9995 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9996 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9997 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10000 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10002 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10003 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10004 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10005 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10007 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10008 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10010 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10011 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10014 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10016 ui_out_field_string
10018 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10020 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10021 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10022 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10023 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10025 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10028 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10029 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10031 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10032 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10033 ui_out_field_string
10035 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10037 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10038 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10039 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10040 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10041 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10046 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10047 ui_out_field_string
10049 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10050 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10051 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10053 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10054 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10055 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10056 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10059 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10062 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10066 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10070 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10072 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10073 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10074 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10078 case bp_watchpoint
:
10079 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10080 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10082 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10083 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10084 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10086 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10087 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10088 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10090 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10091 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10092 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10095 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10096 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10099 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10100 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10101 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10102 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10105 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10109 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10111 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10115 case bp_watchpoint
:
10116 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10117 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10119 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10120 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10122 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10126 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10127 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10130 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10131 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10134 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10136 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10138 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10139 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10142 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10144 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10146 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10147 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10150 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10151 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10154 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10156 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10158 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10159 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10162 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10163 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10166 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10168 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10170 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10173 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10174 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10177 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10182 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10183 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10185 static enum print_stop_action
10186 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10188 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10189 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10191 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10192 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10196 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10197 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10199 ui_out_field_string
10201 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10204 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10205 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10206 ui_out_field_string
10208 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10211 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10212 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10213 ui_out_field_string
10215 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10218 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10219 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10223 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10224 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10225 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10226 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10228 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10229 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10232 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10233 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10236 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10237 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10239 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10241 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10242 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10244 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10245 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10246 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10249 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10250 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10253 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10255 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10256 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10257 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10261 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10262 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10263 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10265 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10266 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10267 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10269 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10270 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10271 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10274 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10275 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10278 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10279 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10280 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10281 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10284 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10285 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10288 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10290 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10295 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10298 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10301 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10305 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10306 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10309 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10311 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10316 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10318 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10321 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10323 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10326 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10327 hw_read: watch read,
10328 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10330 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10331 int just_location
, int internal
)
10333 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10334 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10335 struct expression
*exp
;
10336 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10337 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10338 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10339 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10340 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10341 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10343 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10344 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10345 enum bptype bp_type
;
10348 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10349 the hardware watchpoint. */
10351 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10352 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10354 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10355 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10359 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10360 of the arguments string. */
10361 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10363 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10364 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10367 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10368 This is the value of the parameter. */
10369 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10371 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10373 /* Skip whitespace. */
10374 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10379 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10380 This is the parameter itself. */
10381 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10384 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10386 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10388 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10389 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10390 only in a specific thread. */
10394 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10396 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10397 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10399 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10401 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10402 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10404 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10405 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10406 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
10408 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10410 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10411 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10413 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10416 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10418 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10420 mark
= value_mark ();
10421 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10422 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10423 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10426 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10429 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10430 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10435 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10436 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10438 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
10440 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10441 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10443 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10446 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10447 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10451 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10452 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10454 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10457 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10458 mark
= value_mark ();
10459 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10465 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10466 val
= value_addr (result
);
10467 release_value (val
);
10468 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10472 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10475 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10476 else if (ret
== -2)
10477 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10480 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10481 release_value (val
);
10483 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10484 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10486 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10487 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10489 struct expression
*cond
;
10491 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10492 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10493 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
10495 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10496 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10497 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10503 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10505 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10506 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10507 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10508 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10510 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10512 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10514 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10515 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10516 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10517 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10518 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
10520 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
10523 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10524 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
10525 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10526 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10528 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10530 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10531 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10533 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10534 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10536 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10537 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
10538 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10539 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
10540 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10541 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10542 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10543 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10544 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10548 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10550 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
10553 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10554 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10556 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
10557 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10558 b
->thread
= thread
;
10559 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10560 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10562 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10563 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10566 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
10567 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
10570 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
10571 name
= type_to_string (t
);
10573 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
10574 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
10577 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10578 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10580 /* The above expression is in C. */
10581 b
->language
= language_c
;
10584 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10588 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10597 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10599 b
->cond_string
= 0;
10603 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
10604 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10608 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10609 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10612 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10614 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10615 need to act on them together. */
10616 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10617 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
10620 if (!just_location
)
10621 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10623 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
10625 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10626 that should be inserted. */
10627 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
10631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10632 throw_exception (e
);
10635 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
10638 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10639 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10642 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
10644 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10645 struct value
*head
= v
;
10647 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10648 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10651 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10652 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10653 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10654 hardware watchpoint.
10656 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10657 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10658 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10659 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10660 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10661 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10662 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10663 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10664 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10666 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10667 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10668 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10669 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10670 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
10672 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10674 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10675 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10676 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10677 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10678 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10679 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10683 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10684 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10685 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10687 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10688 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10689 middle of some value chain. */
10691 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10692 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10694 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10698 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10699 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10700 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10702 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10706 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10710 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10711 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10712 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10713 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10714 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10717 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10718 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10719 return found_memory_cnt
;
10723 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10725 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10728 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
10729 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
10730 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
10731 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
10734 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
10736 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
10737 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
10745 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10746 calls watch_command_1. */
10749 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10751 int just_location
= 0;
10754 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10755 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10757 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10761 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10765 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10767 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10771 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10773 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10777 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10779 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10783 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10785 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10789 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10791 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10795 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
10796 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
10798 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
10800 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
10801 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
10805 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
10806 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
10807 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
10810 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
10812 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
10814 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
10815 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
10816 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
10817 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
10821 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10823 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10824 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10825 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10826 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10827 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10828 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10829 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
10830 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
10831 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10833 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10835 clear_proceed_status ();
10837 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10840 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
10841 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10842 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10843 get_last_displayed_line ());
10845 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10846 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
10848 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10849 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10851 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
10852 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
10855 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10857 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10859 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10862 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10864 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10865 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10866 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10869 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10870 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10871 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10872 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10874 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10877 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10879 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10881 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10882 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10883 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
10887 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
10889 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
10890 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
10893 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10897 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
10898 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
10899 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10900 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10902 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
10903 only at the very same frame. */
10904 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10905 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10906 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
10908 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
10910 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
10911 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
10912 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
10913 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
10915 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
10917 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
10918 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
10920 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
10921 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
10922 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
10924 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
10925 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
10926 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
10930 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10933 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
10934 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
10936 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
10937 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
10938 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
10939 if clause in the arg string. */
10942 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
10946 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
10949 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
10952 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
10953 condition string. */
10954 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
10955 cond_string
= *arg
;
10957 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
10959 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
10961 return cond_string
;
10964 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
10965 process start/exit, etc. */
10969 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
10970 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
10975 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10976 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10978 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10979 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
10980 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
10983 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
10984 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
10985 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
10989 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10991 /* The allowed syntax is:
10993 catch [v]fork if <cond>
10995 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10996 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
10998 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
10999 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11001 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11002 and enable reporting of such events. */
11005 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11006 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11007 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11008 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11010 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11011 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11012 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11013 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11016 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11022 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11023 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11025 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11026 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11028 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11030 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11034 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11036 /* The allowed syntax is:
11038 catch exec if <cond>
11040 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11041 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11043 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11044 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11046 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11047 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11048 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11049 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11051 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11054 static enum print_stop_action
11055 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11057 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11058 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11059 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11061 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11063 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11064 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11065 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11068 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11069 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11070 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11072 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11073 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11074 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11075 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11076 : " (exception caught), ");
11077 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11079 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11080 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11081 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11084 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11088 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11089 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11091 struct value_print_options opts
;
11092 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11094 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11095 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11097 annotate_field (4);
11098 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11099 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11101 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11102 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11104 annotate_field (5);
11106 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11107 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11108 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11110 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11114 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11116 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11120 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11121 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11122 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11123 : _("Catchpoint "));
11124 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11125 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11129 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11130 catch catchpoints. */
11133 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11134 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11139 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11140 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11141 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11142 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11143 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11146 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11149 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11150 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11152 char *trigger_func_name
;
11154 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11155 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11157 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11159 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11160 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11161 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11162 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11164 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11165 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11173 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11176 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11177 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11179 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11183 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11185 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11187 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11188 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11190 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11191 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11192 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11194 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11197 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11200 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11203 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11205 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11207 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11210 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11213 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11215 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11217 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11221 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11222 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11223 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11225 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11231 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11233 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11235 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11236 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11237 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11238 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11239 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11240 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11241 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11242 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11243 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11244 enough for now, though. */
11247 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11249 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11250 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11251 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11252 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11255 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11256 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11258 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11260 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11261 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11263 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11265 int i
, syscall_number
;
11267 char cur_name
[128];
11270 /* Skip whitespace. */
11271 while (isspace (*arg
))
11274 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11275 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11276 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11279 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11280 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11281 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11282 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11285 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11287 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11289 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11290 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11291 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11292 syscall number to be caught. */
11293 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11296 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11297 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11300 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11304 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11307 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11308 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11313 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11315 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11316 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11317 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11318 this architecture yet."));
11320 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11322 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11324 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11325 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11326 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11327 for his/her architecture. */
11328 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11330 /* The allowed syntax is:
11332 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11334 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11337 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11341 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11342 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11346 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11348 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11353 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11355 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11358 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11361 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11363 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11364 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11365 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11366 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11368 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11370 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11373 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11377 return ub
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11380 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11383 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11385 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11386 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11389 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11390 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11392 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11396 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11397 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11402 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11403 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11404 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11405 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11407 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11408 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11409 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11410 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11411 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11412 error (_("No source file specified."));
11414 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11420 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11421 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11422 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11423 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11425 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11426 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11427 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11428 due to optimization, all in one block.
11430 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11431 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11432 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11433 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11434 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11435 to support that. */
11437 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11438 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11439 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11443 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11444 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11446 int is_abs
, sal_name_len
;
11448 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11449 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11450 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11453 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11458 1 0 <can't happen> */
11460 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11461 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11462 sal_name_len
= is_abs
? 0 : strlen (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11464 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11465 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11468 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11469 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11471 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11472 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11474 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11475 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11476 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11478 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11479 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11480 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11481 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11482 int line_match
= 0;
11484 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11485 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11486 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11487 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11488 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11490 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11491 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11493 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
11494 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
11495 sal
.symtab
->filename
,
11500 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11509 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11513 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11514 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11517 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11519 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11522 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11523 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11524 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11525 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11526 compare_breakpoints
);
11527 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11528 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11532 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11537 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11538 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11541 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11542 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11544 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11546 breakpoints_changed ();
11548 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11551 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11552 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11555 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11557 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11560 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11561 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11562 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11565 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11567 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11569 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11570 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11571 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11573 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11577 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11578 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11582 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11583 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11584 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11585 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11586 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11587 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11590 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11592 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11593 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11594 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11595 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11596 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
11598 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11599 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11601 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11602 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11605 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11606 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11607 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11609 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11610 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
11611 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
11613 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11614 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11615 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11617 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11618 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11619 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11621 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11624 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11625 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11626 content of the bp_location array. */
11629 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11631 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11633 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11634 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11636 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11638 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11640 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11643 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11644 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11646 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11647 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11648 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11649 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11651 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11653 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11654 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11655 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11656 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11660 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11663 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11665 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11666 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11668 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11671 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
11673 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11675 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11677 if (!is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
11680 if ((bl
->owner
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11681 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11682 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11685 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11686 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11687 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11688 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11691 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11693 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11696 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) bl
->owner
;
11697 t
->number_on_target
= bl
->owner
->number
;
11700 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11703 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11706 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11708 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11709 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11710 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11711 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11713 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11714 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11715 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11716 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11717 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11719 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11720 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11721 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11722 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11723 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11724 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11725 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11726 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11729 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11730 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11731 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11735 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11737 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11738 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11739 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11742 address
= bl
->address
;
11743 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11745 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11746 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11747 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11749 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11750 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11753 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11754 the same program space as the location
11755 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11756 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11757 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11761 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11762 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11765 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11766 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11767 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11768 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11769 that have already been marked. */
11770 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11772 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11774 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
11776 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
11777 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
11782 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
11783 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
11784 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
11785 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
11786 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
11787 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
11788 returns true on them.
11790 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
11791 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
11792 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
11793 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
11794 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
11795 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
11798 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
11800 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11801 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11802 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
11803 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11804 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11805 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11806 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11808 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11809 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11810 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11811 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11812 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11814 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11815 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11816 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11817 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11819 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
11820 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11821 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
11822 unsigned old_location_count
;
11824 old_location
= bp_location
;
11825 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
11826 bp_location
= NULL
;
11827 bp_location_count
= 0;
11828 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
11830 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11831 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11832 bp_location_count
++;
11834 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
11835 locp
= bp_location
;
11836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11837 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11839 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
11840 bp_location_compare
);
11842 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
11844 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11845 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11846 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11847 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11848 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11851 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11852 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11854 locp
= bp_location
;
11855 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
11858 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11859 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11861 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11862 not, we have to free it. */
11863 int found_object
= 0;
11864 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11865 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11868 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11869 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11870 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
11871 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11875 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
11876 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11879 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11880 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11881 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11883 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11884 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11885 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11887 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11888 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11891 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11895 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11896 have to go through updates again. */
11897 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11899 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11901 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11903 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11904 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11905 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11906 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11907 at certain location is not inserted. */
11909 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11911 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11914 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11916 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11917 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11918 keep_in_target
= 1;
11922 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11923 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11924 remove its target-side condition. */
11926 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11927 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11928 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11929 this one from the target. */
11931 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11932 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11935 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
11936 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11939 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11941 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11943 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11944 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11945 supported, but the latter are. */
11946 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11948 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11949 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11952 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11953 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11955 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11956 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11958 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11959 keep_in_target
= 1;
11967 if (!keep_in_target
)
11969 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
11971 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11972 this location on the global list, and try to
11973 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11974 reason why we will succeed next time.
11976 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11977 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11978 only after calling us. */
11979 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11980 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11981 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11989 if (removed
&& non_stop
11990 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
11991 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11993 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11994 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11995 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11996 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11997 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11998 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11999 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12000 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12001 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12002 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12003 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12004 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12005 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12006 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12009 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12010 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12012 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12013 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12014 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12015 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12016 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12017 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12018 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12019 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12020 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12021 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12022 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12023 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12024 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12027 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12028 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12029 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12030 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12032 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12033 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12034 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12035 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12036 traps we can no longer explain. */
12038 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12039 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12041 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12045 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12046 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12051 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12052 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12053 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12054 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12055 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12056 are sorted first for the same address.
12058 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12059 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12061 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12062 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12063 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12064 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12065 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12067 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12069 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12072 if (!should_be_inserted (loc
)
12073 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12074 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12075 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12076 `struct bp_location'. */
12077 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12079 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12080 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12084 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12085 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12086 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12087 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12088 "actually inserted"));
12090 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12091 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12092 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12093 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12094 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12095 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12097 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12099 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12100 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12101 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12103 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12104 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12106 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12108 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12109 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12110 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12116 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12117 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12118 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12120 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12121 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12123 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12124 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12126 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12127 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12128 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12129 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12130 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12133 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12134 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12135 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
12138 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12141 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12142 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12143 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12145 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12150 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12152 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12156 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12158 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12161 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12162 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12164 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12165 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12171 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12173 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12175 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12176 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12179 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12182 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12186 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12187 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12189 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12190 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12191 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12195 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12197 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12199 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12201 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12205 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12209 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12212 struct value_print_options opts
;
12214 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12216 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12218 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12220 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12224 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12226 printf_filtered (" at ");
12227 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12230 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12232 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12234 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12235 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12236 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12238 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12239 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12240 real situation somewhat. */
12241 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12246 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12248 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12250 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12255 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12258 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12260 xfree (self
->cond
);
12261 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12262 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12263 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12264 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12267 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12272 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12276 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12278 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12279 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12280 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12281 xfree (self
->filter
);
12282 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12285 static struct bp_location
*
12286 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12288 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12290 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12291 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12296 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12298 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12301 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12302 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12305 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12307 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12311 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12313 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12317 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12318 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12320 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12322 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12326 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12331 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12335 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12337 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12340 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12344 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12346 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12349 static enum print_stop_action
12350 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12352 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12356 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12357 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12363 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12365 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12369 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12371 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12375 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12376 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12377 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12381 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12385 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12386 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12387 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12389 char *extra_string
,
12390 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12391 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12393 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12394 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12395 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12396 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12398 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12402 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12403 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12405 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12408 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12410 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12411 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12412 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12413 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12414 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12415 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12416 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12417 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12418 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12419 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12421 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12422 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12423 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12424 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12425 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12426 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12429 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12432 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12434 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12435 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12437 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12438 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12442 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12446 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12448 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12449 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12452 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12457 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12459 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12460 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12462 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12466 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12467 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12468 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12470 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12472 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12473 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12476 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12480 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12481 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12482 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12489 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12491 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12496 static enum print_stop_action
12497 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12499 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12500 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12502 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12504 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12506 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12507 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12509 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12510 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12511 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12514 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12516 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12518 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12519 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12521 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12522 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12523 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12525 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12526 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12528 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12532 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12534 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12539 case bp_breakpoint
:
12540 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12541 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12542 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12544 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12545 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12546 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12547 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12549 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12550 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12553 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12561 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12563 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12565 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12566 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12567 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12568 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12570 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12573 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12574 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12576 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12577 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12581 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12582 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12583 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12584 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12586 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12587 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12591 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12592 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12593 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12595 char *extra_string
,
12596 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12597 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12599 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12600 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12601 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12602 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12604 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12605 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12607 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12608 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12609 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12613 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12614 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12616 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12619 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12622 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12626 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12627 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12628 case bp_overlay_event
:
12629 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12630 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12631 case bp_exception_master
:
12632 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12635 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12636 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12637 case bp_shlib_event
:
12639 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12640 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12641 case bp_thread_event
:
12647 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12649 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12651 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12652 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12653 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12654 objects (among other things). */
12655 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12656 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12662 static enum print_stop_action
12663 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12665 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12668 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12672 case bp_shlib_event
:
12673 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12674 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12675 to shlib event" message.) */
12676 print_solib_event (0);
12679 case bp_thread_event
:
12680 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12681 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12682 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12685 case bp_overlay_event
:
12686 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12687 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12690 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12691 /* These should never be enabled. */
12692 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12695 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12696 /* These should never be enabled. */
12697 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12698 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12701 case bp_exception_master
:
12702 /* These should never be enabled. */
12703 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12704 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12708 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12712 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12714 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12717 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12720 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12722 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12723 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
12724 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12725 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12729 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12731 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12734 static enum print_stop_action
12735 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12737 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12739 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12741 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12746 ui_out_field_string
12748 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
12752 ui_out_field_string
12754 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
12759 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12763 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12765 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12768 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12771 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12773 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12777 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12779 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12786 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12788 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12789 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12791 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
12795 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12796 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12797 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12798 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12800 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12802 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
12804 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
12805 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
12807 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
12811 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12812 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12814 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
12816 error (_("probe not found"));
12819 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12822 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12824 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12828 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12829 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12830 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12832 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12838 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12839 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12841 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12842 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
12844 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12846 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
12847 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12848 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12849 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
12854 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12861 case bp_tracepoint
:
12862 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12863 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12865 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12866 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12867 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12869 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12870 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12871 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12874 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12875 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12882 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12884 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12886 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12888 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12890 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12893 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12894 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
12897 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12899 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12904 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12905 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12906 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12907 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12909 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12910 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12914 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12915 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12916 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12918 char *extra_string
,
12919 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12920 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12922 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12923 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12924 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12925 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12927 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
12928 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12930 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12931 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12932 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12936 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12937 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12939 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12942 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12944 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12948 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12949 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12950 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12951 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12953 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12954 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12955 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12959 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12960 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12962 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12963 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
12966 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12968 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12972 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12973 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12974 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12975 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12977 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12979 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
12981 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
12983 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
12984 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
12985 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
12989 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12990 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12991 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12993 char *extra_string
,
12994 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12995 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12997 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12998 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12999 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13000 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13004 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13005 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13006 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13007 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13008 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13009 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13011 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13013 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13014 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13015 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13018 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13019 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13021 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13022 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13024 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13025 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13027 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13028 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13029 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13030 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13031 canonical
->special_display
);
13032 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13033 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13034 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13035 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13036 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13037 corresponds to this one */
13038 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13040 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13042 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13047 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13048 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13050 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13052 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13053 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13055 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13059 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13062 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13065 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13067 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13070 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13074 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13076 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13078 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13080 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13081 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13084 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13085 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13086 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13087 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13088 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13091 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13092 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13093 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13094 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13096 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13099 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13100 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13101 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13103 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13104 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13106 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13107 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13108 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13109 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13113 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13115 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13116 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13117 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13118 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13119 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13122 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13123 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13124 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13125 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13127 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13129 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13130 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13133 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13135 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13139 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13141 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13142 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13143 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13144 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13145 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13146 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13147 commands won't work. */
13149 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13151 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13152 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13153 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13154 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13155 might be better design to have location completely
13156 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13157 update_global_location_list (0);
13159 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13160 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13161 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13162 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13167 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13169 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13173 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13175 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13178 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13179 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13182 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13183 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13187 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13192 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13194 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13195 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13197 if (next
== related
)
13199 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13200 function (related
, data
);
13202 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13203 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13208 function (related
, data
);
13212 while (related
!= b
);
13216 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13218 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13221 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13222 delete_breakpoint. */
13225 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13227 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13231 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13233 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13239 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13241 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13242 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13243 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13244 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13245 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13247 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13251 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13253 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13255 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13256 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13257 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13261 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13265 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13267 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13268 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13269 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13274 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13275 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13276 Null names are ignored. */
13279 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13281 struct bp_location
*l
;
13282 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13283 (int (*) (const void *,
13284 const void *)) streq
,
13285 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13287 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13290 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13292 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13296 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13298 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13302 htab_delete (htab
);
13308 htab_delete (htab
);
13312 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13313 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13314 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13315 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13316 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13317 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13318 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13319 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13322 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13323 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13324 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13325 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13326 in the sources, and output a warning.
13328 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13329 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13330 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13331 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13332 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13335 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13336 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13337 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13338 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13339 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13340 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13341 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13342 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13343 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13345 static struct symtab_and_line
13346 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13348 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13349 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13354 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13356 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13358 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13359 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13361 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13363 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13364 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13365 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13370 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13372 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13374 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13375 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13377 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13380 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13382 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13384 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13385 struct symbol
*sym
;
13386 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13387 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13389 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13391 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13392 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13394 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13395 "found at previous line number"),
13396 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13400 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13402 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13403 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13404 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13407 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13408 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13409 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13411 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13412 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13414 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13416 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13419 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13422 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13423 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13425 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13427 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13429 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13431 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13433 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13434 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13435 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13436 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13438 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13441 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13447 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13448 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13451 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13455 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13458 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13461 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13468 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13474 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13475 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13476 a ranged breakpoint. */
13479 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13480 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13481 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13484 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13486 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13488 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13490 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13491 update_global_location_list (1);
13492 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13493 "multiple locations found\n"),
13498 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13499 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13500 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13501 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13502 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13503 individual locations. */
13504 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13509 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13511 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13513 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13515 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13517 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13519 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13522 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13524 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13525 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13527 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13532 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13533 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13534 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13535 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13539 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13541 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13543 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13547 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13548 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
13549 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
13551 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13554 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13555 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13556 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13557 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13558 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13559 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13560 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13562 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13564 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13566 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13567 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13569 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13570 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13578 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13579 if (l
->function_name
13580 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13590 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13591 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13593 update_global_location_list (1);
13596 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13597 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13599 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13600 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
13603 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
13604 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
13606 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13609 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13611 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
13615 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13616 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13617 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13618 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13619 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13620 state, then user already saw the message about that
13621 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13623 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13624 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13625 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13626 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13627 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13628 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13630 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13632 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13633 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13634 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13635 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13636 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13637 which approach is better. */
13638 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13639 throw_exception (e
);
13643 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13647 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13648 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
13649 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
13651 char *cond_string
= 0;
13654 char *extra_string
= NULL
;
13656 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
13657 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13660 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13661 b
->thread
= thread
;
13664 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13665 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13668 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13669 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
13679 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13680 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13684 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13687 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
13688 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
13689 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
13691 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
13694 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
13698 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
13700 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
13703 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
13704 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
13708 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13711 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13712 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13715 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
13716 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13717 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13718 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13720 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
13723 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13724 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13728 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13729 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13730 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13732 char *extra_string
,
13733 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13734 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13736 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13737 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13738 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13739 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13741 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
13743 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13744 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13745 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13748 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13749 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13752 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13753 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13755 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13757 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
13758 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
13759 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13760 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13763 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13764 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
13766 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
13768 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
13770 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
13771 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
13772 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
13774 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
13777 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
13780 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
13782 static struct cleanup
*
13783 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13785 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
13787 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13788 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
13789 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
13790 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
13791 set_language (b
->language
);
13796 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
13797 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
13798 Unused in this case. */
13801 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
13803 /* Get past catch_errs. */
13804 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
13805 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
13807 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
13808 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13809 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
13813 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
13815 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13817 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13818 enum language save_language
;
13819 int save_input_radix
;
13820 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13822 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
13823 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
13824 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
13826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13828 /* Format possible error msg. */
13829 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13831 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
13832 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
13833 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
13835 set_language (save_language
);
13836 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
13838 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13840 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13842 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13843 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13844 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13845 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13847 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
13851 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13853 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13854 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13856 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13858 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13860 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
13861 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
13863 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13864 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13865 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13867 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13871 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13872 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13873 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13876 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13878 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13883 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13884 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13886 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13888 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13889 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13894 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13898 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13899 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13901 else if (count
== 1)
13902 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13905 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13906 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13909 breakpoints_changed ();
13910 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
13914 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13917 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13920 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
13926 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13928 num
= get_number (&p
);
13930 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13932 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13934 set_ignore_count (num
,
13935 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13938 printf_filtered ("\n");
13941 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
13942 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
13945 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13950 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13952 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
13955 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13957 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
13959 while (!state
.finished
)
13961 char *p
= state
.string
;
13965 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
13968 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
13972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13973 if (b
->number
== num
)
13976 function (b
, data
);
13980 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
13985 static struct bp_location
*
13986 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
13988 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
13992 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13993 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13998 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14000 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14002 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14003 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14008 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14009 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14012 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14014 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14018 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14021 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14027 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14028 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14029 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14032 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14034 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14035 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14036 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14037 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14040 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14041 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14044 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14046 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14047 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14049 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14050 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14052 struct bp_location
*location
;
14054 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14055 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14058 update_global_location_list (0);
14060 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14063 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14066 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14068 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14071 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14072 disable_breakpoint. */
14075 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14077 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14081 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14085 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14087 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14088 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14089 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14091 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14093 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14099 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14101 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14102 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14103 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14104 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14106 update_global_location_list (0);
14109 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14113 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14116 int target_resources_ok
;
14118 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14121 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14122 target_resources_ok
=
14123 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14125 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14126 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14127 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14128 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14131 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14133 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14134 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14135 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14137 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14139 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14141 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14142 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14143 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14147 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14148 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14154 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14155 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14157 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14159 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14160 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14162 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14163 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14165 struct bp_location
*location
;
14167 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14168 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14171 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14172 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14173 update_global_location_list (1);
14174 breakpoints_changed ();
14176 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14181 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14183 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14187 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14189 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14192 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14193 enable_breakpoint. */
14196 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14198 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14201 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14202 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14203 in stopping the inferior. */
14206 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14210 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14212 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14213 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14214 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14216 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14218 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14224 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14226 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14227 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14228 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14229 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14231 update_global_location_list (1);
14234 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14237 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14247 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14249 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14251 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14255 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14257 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14259 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14263 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14265 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14269 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14271 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14273 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14277 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14279 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14281 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14285 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14287 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14289 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14293 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14295 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14299 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14304 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14308 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14309 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14313 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
14314 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14316 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14319 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14320 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14322 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14324 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14326 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14328 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14329 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14330 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14331 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14333 value_free (wp
->val
);
14341 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
14342 if they aren't valid. */
14344 struct symtabs_and_lines
14345 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int flags
)
14347 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
14350 error (_("Empty line specification."));
14351 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
14352 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
,
14353 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
14354 get_last_displayed_line ());
14356 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, flags
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
14358 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
14362 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14363 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14364 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14365 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14369 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14370 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14372 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14374 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14376 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14377 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14379 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14381 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14389 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14390 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14393 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14395 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14398 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14404 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14407 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14408 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14410 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14413 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14414 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14419 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14421 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14422 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14426 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14427 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14428 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14431 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14432 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14433 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14434 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14435 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14436 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14438 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14439 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14440 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14441 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14444 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14445 were inserted or not. */
14448 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14450 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14451 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14454 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14457 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14459 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14461 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14463 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14464 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14465 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14466 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14468 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14470 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14471 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14472 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14473 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14477 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14478 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14479 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14483 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14487 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14488 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14490 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14491 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14492 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
14496 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14500 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14504 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14505 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14506 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
14507 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14510 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14514 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14519 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14521 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
14523 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
14524 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
14532 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14533 non-zero otherwise. */
14535 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
14537 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
14538 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
14539 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
14546 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14548 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
14549 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14551 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
14555 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
14557 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14560 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
14562 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
14564 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
14568 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
14570 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
14580 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14582 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
14583 char *text
, char *word
)
14585 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
14587 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
14593 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14595 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14597 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14599 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14600 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14604 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14606 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14607 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14609 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14610 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14612 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14614 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14616 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14618 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14619 0 /* Ignore count */,
14620 pending_break_support
,
14624 0 /* internal */, 0))
14625 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14629 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14631 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14633 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14635 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14636 0 /* Ignore count */,
14637 pending_break_support
,
14638 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14641 0 /* internal */, 0))
14642 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14645 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14648 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14650 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14652 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14653 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14654 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
14655 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14657 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14659 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14661 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14663 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14664 0 /* Ignore count */,
14665 pending_break_support
,
14669 0 /* internal */, 0))
14670 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14673 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14674 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14676 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14677 static int next_cmd
;
14680 read_uploaded_action (void)
14684 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
14691 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14692 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14693 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14694 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14695 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14697 struct tracepoint
*
14698 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14700 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
14701 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14703 if (utp
->at_string
)
14704 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14707 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14708 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14709 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14711 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14712 "source location, using raw address"),
14714 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14715 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14718 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14719 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14720 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14721 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14724 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14726 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
14727 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14729 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14730 0 /* Ignore count */,
14731 pending_break_support
,
14732 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14734 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14736 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14739 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
14741 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14742 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14743 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14747 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->base
.number
);
14749 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14752 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14753 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14754 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14756 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
14758 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
14763 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
14765 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
14767 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
14768 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
14769 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14770 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14773 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14774 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14775 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14780 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14784 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14786 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14789 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14791 if (num_printed
== 0)
14793 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14794 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
14796 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14799 default_collect_info ();
14802 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14803 Not supported by all targets. */
14805 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14807 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14810 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14811 Not supported by all targets. */
14813 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14815 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14818 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14820 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14822 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14828 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14830 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14831 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14832 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14834 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14835 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14837 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14841 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14843 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14845 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14846 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14847 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14851 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14854 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14857 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14859 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14860 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp
->base
.number
);
14862 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14863 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
14866 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14868 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14869 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14870 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14873 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14875 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14876 unsigned int count
;
14878 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14879 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14880 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14882 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14884 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
14887 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14889 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14891 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14893 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14895 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14897 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14898 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14901 else if (*args
== '\0')
14903 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
14905 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14909 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14911 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14912 while (!state
.finished
)
14914 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
14916 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14921 struct tracepoint
*
14922 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14924 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14926 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14927 if (t
->number
== num
)
14928 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14933 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14934 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14937 struct tracepoint
*
14938 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14940 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14942 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14944 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14946 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14953 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14954 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14955 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
14956 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14957 struct tracepoint
*
14958 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
14959 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
14962 extern int tracepoint_count
;
14963 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14965 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14969 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
14970 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
14972 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14975 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14977 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
14980 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14984 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14985 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14988 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
14989 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
14993 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14994 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14996 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14999 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15004 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15006 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15007 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15010 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15012 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15015 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15016 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15017 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15021 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15022 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15024 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15027 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15028 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15029 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15031 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15032 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15034 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15037 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15038 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15041 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15042 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15047 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15049 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15051 /* We can stop searching. */
15058 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15062 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15063 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15064 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15066 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15067 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15068 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15070 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15071 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15073 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15075 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15076 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15079 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15080 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15083 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15085 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15086 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15089 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15092 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15093 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15097 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15101 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15102 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15104 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15106 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15109 throw_exception (ex
);
15111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15114 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15115 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15117 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15118 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15119 special, and not user visible. */
15120 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15122 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15125 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15127 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15131 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15132 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15134 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15136 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15139 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15142 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15144 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15147 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15150 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15152 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15155 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15157 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15158 all_tracepoints (void)
15160 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15161 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15163 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15165 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15172 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15173 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15174 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15176 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15177 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15178 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15179 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15180 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15181 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15182 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15183 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15185 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15186 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15188 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15189 conditions are different.\n\
15191 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15193 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15194 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15196 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15197 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15200 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15201 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15202 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15203 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15204 char *text
, char *word
),
15205 void *user_data_catch
,
15206 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15208 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15210 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15212 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15213 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15214 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15216 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15218 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15219 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15220 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15224 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15226 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15227 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15229 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15230 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15231 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15235 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15237 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15238 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15239 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15242 struct breakpoint
*
15243 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15246 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15250 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15257 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15258 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15261 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15263 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15264 non-inline function. */
15265 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15271 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15272 have been inlined. */
15275 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15276 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15278 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15279 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15283 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15286 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15288 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15289 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15298 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15300 static int initialized
= 0;
15302 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15308 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15309 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15310 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15311 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15312 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15313 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15314 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15315 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15316 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15317 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15318 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15319 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15321 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15322 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15323 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15324 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15325 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15326 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15327 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15328 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15330 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15331 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15332 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15333 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15334 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15335 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15336 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15337 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15338 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15339 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15341 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15342 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15343 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15344 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15345 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15346 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15347 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15349 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15350 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15351 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15352 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15353 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15354 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15355 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15357 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15358 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15359 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15360 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15361 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15362 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15363 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15365 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15366 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15367 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15369 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15370 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15371 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15374 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15375 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15376 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15377 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15378 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15379 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15380 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15381 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15382 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15383 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15384 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15385 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15386 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15388 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15389 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15390 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15391 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15392 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15393 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15394 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15395 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15396 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15397 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15398 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15401 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15402 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15403 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15404 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15405 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15406 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15407 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15408 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15409 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15410 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15412 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15413 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15414 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15415 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15416 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15418 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15419 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15420 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15421 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15422 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15423 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15425 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15426 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15427 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15428 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15429 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15430 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15431 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15432 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15433 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15434 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15436 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15437 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15438 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15439 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15440 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15441 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15442 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15443 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15444 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15445 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15447 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15448 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15449 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15450 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15451 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15452 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15453 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15454 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15455 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15456 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15457 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15459 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15460 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15461 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15462 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15463 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15464 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15465 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15466 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15467 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15468 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15469 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15471 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15472 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15473 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15474 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15475 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15476 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15477 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15478 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15479 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15480 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15481 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15482 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15484 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15485 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15486 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15487 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15488 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15489 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15490 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15494 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15496 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15498 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15500 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15501 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
15502 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15504 breakpoint_objfile_key
15505 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15507 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15508 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
15510 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15511 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15512 before a breakpoint is set. */
15513 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15515 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15517 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15518 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15519 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15521 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15523 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15524 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15525 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15526 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15527 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15528 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15529 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15530 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15532 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15533 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15534 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15535 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15537 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15538 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15539 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15540 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15541 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15543 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15544 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15546 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15547 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15548 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15549 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15551 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15552 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15554 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15555 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15556 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15557 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15559 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15560 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15562 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15563 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15564 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15565 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15566 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15567 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15568 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15570 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15571 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15572 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15573 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15574 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15575 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15577 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15579 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15580 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15581 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15582 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15583 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15584 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15586 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15587 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15588 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15591 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15592 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15593 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15596 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15597 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15598 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15599 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15602 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15603 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15604 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15607 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15608 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15609 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15612 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15613 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15614 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15615 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15618 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15619 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15620 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15621 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15622 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15623 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15624 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15625 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15627 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15628 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15629 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15630 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15631 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15633 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15634 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15635 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15636 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15637 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15638 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15641 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15642 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15643 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15644 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15646 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15647 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15648 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15649 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15650 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15652 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15653 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
15654 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15655 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
15657 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15658 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15659 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15660 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15661 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15664 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15665 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15666 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15667 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15668 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15669 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15671 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15672 is executing in.\n\
15674 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15675 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15677 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15678 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15679 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15680 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15682 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15683 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15684 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15685 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15688 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15692 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15693 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15694 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15695 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15696 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15697 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15698 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15699 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
15700 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15701 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15702 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15703 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15704 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15705 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15706 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15707 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15709 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15710 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15711 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15712 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15713 breakpoint set."));
15716 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
15717 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15718 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15719 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15720 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15721 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15722 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15723 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15724 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15726 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15727 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15728 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15729 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15730 breakpoint set."));
15732 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15735 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
15736 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15737 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15738 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15739 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15740 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15741 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15742 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15743 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15745 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15746 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15747 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15748 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15749 breakpoint set."));
15751 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15752 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15753 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15754 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15755 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15756 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15757 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15758 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15759 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15760 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15761 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15762 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15763 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15765 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15766 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15767 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15768 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15770 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15772 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15773 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15774 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15775 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15777 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15778 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15779 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15780 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15782 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
15783 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
15784 Catch an exception, when caught."),
15785 catch_catch_command
,
15789 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
15790 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
15791 catch_throw_command
,
15795 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15796 catch_fork_command_1
,
15798 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15799 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15800 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15801 catch_fork_command_1
,
15803 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15804 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15805 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15806 catch_exec_command_1
,
15810 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15811 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15812 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15813 catch_load_command_1
,
15817 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15818 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15819 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15820 catch_unload_command_1
,
15824 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
15825 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
15826 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
15827 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
15828 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
15829 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
15830 catch_syscall_command_1
,
15831 catch_syscall_completer
,
15835 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15836 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15837 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15838 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15839 an expression changes.\n\
15840 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15841 the memory to which it refers."));
15842 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15844 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15845 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15846 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15847 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15848 an expression is read.\n\
15849 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15850 the memory to which it refers."));
15851 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15853 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15854 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15855 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15856 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15857 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15858 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15859 the memory to which it refers."));
15860 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15862 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
15863 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15865 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15866 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15867 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15868 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15869 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15870 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15871 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15872 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15873 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15876 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15877 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15879 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15881 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15883 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15884 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15886 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15887 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15888 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15890 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15891 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15892 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15893 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15895 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15896 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15898 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15899 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15900 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15902 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15903 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
15905 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15906 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
15907 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
15908 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
15909 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
15910 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
15911 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
15912 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
15913 the selected stack frame.\n\
15914 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15915 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15916 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15917 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15919 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15921 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15922 conditions are different.\n\
15924 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15925 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15926 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15928 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
15929 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15930 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15931 last tracepoint set."));
15933 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15935 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15936 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15937 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15938 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15941 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15942 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15943 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15944 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15946 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15948 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15949 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15950 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15951 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15953 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15955 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15956 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15957 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15958 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15959 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15961 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15962 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15963 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15964 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15966 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15967 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15968 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15969 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15970 session to restore them."),
15972 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15974 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15975 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15976 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15978 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15980 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15981 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15983 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15984 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15985 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15986 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15987 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15988 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15989 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15990 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15991 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15992 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15993 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15994 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15996 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15997 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15998 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15999 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16000 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16001 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16002 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16003 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16005 show_pending_break_support
,
16006 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16007 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16009 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16011 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16012 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16013 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16014 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16015 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16016 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16017 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16019 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16020 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16021 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16023 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16024 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16025 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16026 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16027 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16028 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16029 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16030 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16031 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16032 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16033 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16034 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16036 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16037 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16038 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16040 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16041 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16042 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16043 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16044 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16045 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16046 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16047 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16048 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16049 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16050 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16051 be set to \"gdb\""),
16052 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16053 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16054 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16055 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16057 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16058 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16059 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16060 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16061 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16062 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16063 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16064 or the start of the range\n\
16065 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16066 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16067 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16069 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16070 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16071 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16073 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16074 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16075 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16076 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16077 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16078 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16080 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16082 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16083 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16084 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16085 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16086 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16087 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16088 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16089 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16090 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16091 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16092 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16093 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16095 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16096 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16097 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16098 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16099 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16100 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16101 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16103 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16104 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16105 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16106 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16107 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16108 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16109 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16111 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16113 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);